mirror of
				https://github.com/sqlite/sqlite.git
				synced 2025-11-03 16:53:36 +03:00 
			
		
		
		
	need to know the number of bytes in the encoding. FossilOrigin-Name: 59a31b16b54a0068c81ee65bc2fa905c2c826e98da3a7ffd8c3ea860a2827b4a
		
			
				
	
	
		
			4914 lines
		
	
	
		
			209 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			4914 lines
		
	
	
		
			209 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*
 | 
						|
** 2001 September 15
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 | 
						|
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    May you do good and not evil.
 | 
						|
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 | 
						|
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITEINT_H
 | 
						|
#define SQLITEINT_H
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Special Comments:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test
 | 
						|
** coverage:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    NO_TEST                     - The branches on this line are not
 | 
						|
**                                  measured by branch coverage.  This is
 | 
						|
**                                  used on lines of code that actually
 | 
						|
**                                  implement parts of coverage testing.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE        - This branch is allowed to alway be false
 | 
						|
**                                  and the correct answer is still obtained,
 | 
						|
**                                  though perhaps more slowly.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE       - This branch is allowed to alway be true
 | 
						|
**                                  and the correct answer is still obtained,
 | 
						|
**                                  though perhaps more slowly.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD  - This branch prevents a buffer overread
 | 
						|
**                                  that would be harmless and undetectable
 | 
						|
**                                  if it did occur.  
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual
 | 
						|
** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the 
 | 
						|
** asterisks and the comment text.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined.  This macro is
 | 
						|
** only used by test code and Tcl integration code.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
 | 
						|
#  define SQLITE_TCLAPI
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC.
 | 
						|
** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious
 | 
						|
** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files
 | 
						|
** that are included by this file.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#include "msvc.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Special setup for VxWorks
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#include "vxworks.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
 | 
						|
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
 | 
						|
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
 | 
						|
** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
 | 
						|
** code in all source files.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
 | 
						|
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
 | 
						|
** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
 | 
						|
** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
 | 
						|
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
 | 
						|
** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
 | 
						|
** portability you should omit LFS.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
 | 
						|
** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
 | 
						|
** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
 | 
						|
** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
 | 
						|
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
 | 
						|
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
 | 
						|
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to
 | 
						|
** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers.  A
 | 
						|
** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used.  The
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific
 | 
						|
** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro.  However, we learn that the
 | 
						|
** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent
 | 
						|
** and unreliable.  Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the
 | 
						|
** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers,
 | 
						|
** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even
 | 
						|
** when compiling with clang.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
 | 
						|
# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define GCC_VERSION 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
 | 
						|
# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define MSVC_VERSION 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Needed for various definitions... */
 | 
						|
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
 | 
						|
# define _GNU_SOURCE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
 | 
						|
# define _BSD_SOURCE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
 | 
						|
** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
 | 
						|
** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
 | 
						|
** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
 | 
						|
** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
 | 
						|
** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
 | 
						|
** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
 | 
						|
** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
 | 
						|
** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the
 | 
						|
** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
 | 
						|
** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
 | 
						|
** disabled.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
 | 
						|
# include "mingw.h"
 | 
						|
#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
 | 
						|
# include "_mingw.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
 | 
						|
** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
 | 
						|
** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
 | 
						|
    defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
 | 
						|
    defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
 | 
						|
    defined(__MSVCRT__)
 | 
						|
# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
 | 
						|
** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
 | 
						|
** MinGW.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#include "sqlite3.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
 | 
						|
** autoconf-based build
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H)
 | 
						|
#include "config.h"
 | 
						|
#define SQLITECONFIG_H 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "sqliteLimit.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
 | 
						|
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
 | 
						|
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
 | 
						|
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
 | 
						|
#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
 | 
						|
#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
 | 
						|
#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Include standard header files as necessary
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
 | 
						|
#include <stdint.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
 | 
						|
#include <inttypes.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
 | 
						|
** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
 | 
						|
** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
 | 
						|
** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type.
 | 
						|
** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
 | 
						|
** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
 | 
						|
** that vary from one machine to the next.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
 | 
						|
** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
 | 
						|
** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
 | 
						|
** compiler.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
 | 
						|
#elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
 | 
						|
#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
 | 
						|
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
 | 
						|
** inlined.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(__GNUC__)
 | 
						|
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
 | 
						|
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310
 | 
						|
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when
 | 
						|
** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by
 | 
						|
** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
 | 
						|
#  if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
 | 
						|
#    if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | 
						|
#      include <intrin.h>
 | 
						|
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort)
 | 
						|
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
 | 
						|
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
 | 
						|
#      pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
 | 
						|
#    else
 | 
						|
#      include <cmnintrin.h>
 | 
						|
#    endif
 | 
						|
#  endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
 | 
						|
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
 | 
						|
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
 | 
						|
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
 | 
						|
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
 | 
						|
** database connection at the same time.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
 | 
						|
** We support that for legacy.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** To ensure that the correct value of "THREADSAFE" is reported when querying
 | 
						|
** for compile-time options at runtime (e.g. "PRAGMA compile_options"), this
 | 
						|
** logic is partially replicated in ctime.c. If it is updated here, it should
 | 
						|
** also be updated there.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
 | 
						|
# if defined(THREADSAFE)
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
 | 
						|
** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by
 | 
						|
** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in
 | 
						|
** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
 | 
						|
** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
 | 
						|
** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
 | 
						|
** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
 | 
						|
** assertion will be triggered.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
 | 
						|
** the default.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
 | 
						|
# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
 | 
						|
 are defined but at most one is allowed:\
 | 
						|
 SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
 | 
						|
 SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
 | 
						|
  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
 | 
						|
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
 | 
						|
** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
 | 
						|
** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
 | 
						|
** it.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
 | 
						|
#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
 | 
						|
** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
 | 
						|
** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
 | 
						|
** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
 | 
						|
** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
 | 
						|
** feature.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 | 
						|
# define NDEBUG 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 | 
						|
# undef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When
 | 
						|
** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
 | 
						|
** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
 | 
						|
** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
 | 
						|
** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
 | 
						|
** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
 | 
						|
** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
 | 
						|
** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
 | 
						|
** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
 | 
						|
** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
 | 
						|
** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3Coverage(int);
 | 
						|
# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define testcase(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
 | 
						|
** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
 | 
						|
** within testcase() and assert() macros.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
 | 
						|
# define TESTONLY(X)  X
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define TESTONLY(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
 | 
						|
** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
 | 
						|
** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
 | 
						|
** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
 | 
						|
** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
 | 
						|
** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define VVA_ONLY(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
 | 
						|
** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
 | 
						|
** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
 | 
						|
** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
 | 
						|
** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
 | 
						|
** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
 | 
						|
** hint of unplanned behavior.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
 | 
						|
** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
 | 
						|
** not be counted as untested code.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST)
 | 
						|
# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
 | 
						|
# define NEVER(X)       (0)
 | 
						|
#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
 | 
						|
# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
 | 
						|
# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
 | 
						|
# define NEVER(X)       (X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The harmless(X) macro indicates that expression X is usually false
 | 
						|
** but can be true without causing any problems, but we don't know of
 | 
						|
** any way to cause X to be true.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In debugging and testing builds, this macro will abort if X is ever
 | 
						|
** true.  In this way, developers are alerted to a possible test case
 | 
						|
** that causes X to be true.  If a harmless macro ever fails, that is
 | 
						|
** an opportunity to change the macro into a testcase() and add a new
 | 
						|
** test case to the test suite.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** For normal production builds, harmless(X) is a no-op, since it does
 | 
						|
** not matter whether expression X is true or false.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
# define harmless(X)  assert(!(X));
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define harmless(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Some conditionals are optimizations only.  In other words, if the
 | 
						|
** conditionals are replaced with a constant 1 (true) or 0 (false) then
 | 
						|
** the correct answer is still obtained, though perhaps not as quickly.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The following macros mark these optimizations conditionals.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST)
 | 
						|
# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X)  (1)
 | 
						|
# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X)  (X)
 | 
						|
# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is
 | 
						|
** defined.  We need to defend against those failures when testing with
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches
 | 
						|
** during a normal build.  The following macro can be used to disable tests
 | 
						|
** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS)
 | 
						|
# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (X)
 | 
						|
#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
 | 
						|
# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (0)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
 | 
						|
    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
 | 
						|
  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
 | 
						|
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define OSTRACE(X)
 | 
						|
# undef  SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build?  Currently,
 | 
						|
** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when
 | 
						|
** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are
 | 
						|
** compiled using SQLITE_TEST).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
 | 
						|
    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# undef  SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large
 | 
						|
** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
 | 
						|
** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
 | 
						|
** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
 | 
						|
** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
 | 
						|
** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
 | 
						|
** currently they are just comments for human readers.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define likely(X)    (X)
 | 
						|
#define unlikely(X)  (X)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "hash.h"
 | 
						|
#include "parse.h"
 | 
						|
#include <stdio.h>
 | 
						|
#include <stdlib.h>
 | 
						|
#include <string.h>
 | 
						|
#include <assert.h>
 | 
						|
#include <stddef.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY.
 | 
						|
** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running
 | 
						|
** cachegrind.  But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it
 | 
						|
** should not be used in production.  This is a performance measurement
 | 
						|
** hack only.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY
 | 
						|
# define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\
 | 
						|
                        int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
 | 
						|
** substitute integer for floating-point
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
 | 
						|
# define double sqlite_int64
 | 
						|
# define float sqlite_int64
 | 
						|
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
 | 
						|
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
 | 
						|
** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler
 | 
						|
** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
 | 
						|
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
 | 
						|
** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
 | 
						|
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
 | 
						|
** that the library can read.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
 | 
						|
** changed at run-time using a pragma.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
 | 
						|
** on the command-line
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it
 | 
						|
** to zero.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate
 | 
						|
** pagecaches for each database connection.  A positive number is the
 | 
						|
** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
 | 
						|
** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the
 | 
						|
** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Default value for the SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE 0x7fffffff
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and 
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another.
 | 
						|
** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
 | 
						|
#error Cannot use both SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
 | 
						|
** ourselves.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef offsetof
 | 
						|
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef MIN
 | 
						|
# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef MAX
 | 
						|
# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
 | 
						|
** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if 'A' == '\301'
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
 | 
						|
** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
 | 
						|
** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
 | 
						|
# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
 | 
						|
#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
 | 
						|
# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
 | 
						|
#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef INT16_TYPE
 | 
						|
# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
 | 
						|
#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  define INT16_TYPE short int
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
 | 
						|
# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
 | 
						|
#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef INT8_TYPE
 | 
						|
# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
 | 
						|
#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
 | 
						|
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
 | 
						|
typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
 | 
						|
typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
 | 
						|
typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
 | 
						|
typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
 | 
						|
typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
 | 
						|
typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
 | 
						|
** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
 | 
						|
** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
 | 
						|
** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
 | 
						|
** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
 | 
						|
** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
 | 
						|
** can be used at compile-time if desired.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
 | 
						|
 typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
 | 
						|
** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
 | 
						|
** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
 | 
						|
** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
 | 
						|
** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
 | 
						|
** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates,
 | 
						|
** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Examples:
 | 
						|
**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
 | 
						|
**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
 | 
						|
**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
 | 
						|
**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
 | 
						|
**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values.
 | 
						|
** Examples:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE
 | 
						|
# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__)
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__
 | 
						|
# elif defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
 | 
						|
       defined(_M_ARM)   || defined(__arm__)    || defined(__x86)   ||    \
 | 
						|
      (defined(__TOS_AIX__) && !defined(__64BIT__))
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
 | 
						|
  typedef uintptr_t uptr;
 | 
						|
#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4
 | 
						|
  typedef u32 uptr;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  typedef u64 uptr;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to
 | 
						|
** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive).
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after
 | 
						|
** the end of buffer S.  This macro returns true if P points to something
 | 
						|
** contained within the buffer S.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E)))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
 | 
						|
** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
 | 
						|
** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
 | 
						|
** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined
 | 
						|
** at run-time.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER
 | 
						|
# if defined(i386)      || defined(__i386__)      || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
 | 
						|
     defined(__x86_64)  || defined(__x86_64__)    || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
 | 
						|
     defined(_M_AMD64)  || defined(_M_ARM)        || defined(__x86)   ||    \
 | 
						|
     defined(__ARMEL__) || defined(__AARCH64EL__) || defined(_M_ARM64)
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
 | 
						|
# elif defined(sparc)     || defined(__ppc__) || \
 | 
						|
       defined(__ARMEB__) || defined(__AARCH64EB__)
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
 | 
						|
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
 | 
						|
  const int sqlite3one = 1;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
  extern const int sqlite3one;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
 | 
						|
** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
 | 
						|
** compilers.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
 | 
						|
#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
 | 
						|
** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
 | 
						|
** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
 | 
						|
** all alignment restrictions correct.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
 | 
						|
** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned
 | 
						|
** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
 | 
						|
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef __APPLE__
 | 
						|
# include <TargetConditionals.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
# if defined(__linux__) \
 | 
						|
  || defined(_WIN32) \
 | 
						|
  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
 | 
						|
  || defined(__sun) \
 | 
						|
  || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
 | 
						|
  || defined(__DragonFly__)
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
 | 
						|
** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
 | 
						|
** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
 | 
						|
** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
 | 
						|
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
 | 
						|
** callback for a given sqlite handle.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
 | 
						|
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
 | 
						|
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
 | 
						|
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
 | 
						|
struct BusyHandler {
 | 
						|
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
 | 
						|
  void *pBusyArg;                   /* First arg to busy callback */
 | 
						|
  int nBusy;                        /* Incremented with each busy call */
 | 
						|
  u8 bExtraFileArg;                 /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
 | 
						|
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
 | 
						|
** user tables and indices.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
 | 
						|
#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The root-page of the master database table.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define MASTER_ROOT       1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The name of the schema table.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
 | 
						|
** an array.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Determine if the argument is a power of two
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
 | 
						|
** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the
 | 
						|
** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce
 | 
						|
** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any
 | 
						|
** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
 | 
						|
** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
 | 
						|
** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
 | 
						|
** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
 | 
						|
** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
 | 
						|
** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
 | 
						|
** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
 | 
						|
** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
 | 
						|
** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
 | 
						|
** for the run-time allocated buffer.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
 | 
						|
** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
 | 
						|
  #define SQLITE_WSD const
 | 
						|
  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
 | 
						|
  void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define SQLITE_WSD
 | 
						|
  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
 | 
						|
** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately
 | 
						|
** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
 | 
						|
** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the
 | 
						|
** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
 | 
						|
** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
 | 
						|
** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
 | 
						|
** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
 | 
						|
** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
 | 
						|
** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
 | 
						|
** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
 | 
						|
** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
 | 
						|
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Forward references to structures
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
 | 
						|
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
 | 
						|
typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
 | 
						|
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Column Column;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Db Db;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Schema Schema;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Expr Expr;
 | 
						|
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
 | 
						|
typedef struct FKey FKey;
 | 
						|
typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
 | 
						|
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
 | 
						|
typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
 | 
						|
typedef struct IdList IdList;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Index Index;
 | 
						|
typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
 | 
						|
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
 | 
						|
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
 | 
						|
typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Module Module;
 | 
						|
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Parse Parse;
 | 
						|
typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate;
 | 
						|
typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
 | 
						|
typedef struct RenameToken RenameToken;
 | 
						|
typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Select Select;
 | 
						|
typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread;
 | 
						|
typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
 | 
						|
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
 | 
						|
typedef struct sqlite3_str StrAccum; /* Internal alias for sqlite3_str */
 | 
						|
typedef struct Table Table;
 | 
						|
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Token Token;
 | 
						|
typedef struct TreeView TreeView;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
 | 
						|
typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
 | 
						|
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
 | 
						|
typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Upsert Upsert;
 | 
						|
typedef struct VTable VTable;
 | 
						|
typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Walker Walker;
 | 
						|
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
 | 
						|
typedef struct Window Window;
 | 
						|
typedef struct With With;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
 | 
						|
** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
 | 
						|
** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE
 | 
						|
  typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  typedef u64 Bitmask;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A bit in a Bitmask
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
 | 
						|
#define MASKBIT64(n) (((u64)1)<<(n))
 | 
						|
#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
 | 
						|
#define ALLBITS      ((Bitmask)-1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards
 | 
						|
** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer
 | 
						|
** variable number associated with that parameter.  See the format description
 | 
						|
** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information.  A VList is really
 | 
						|
** just an array of integers.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef int VList;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and
 | 
						|
** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
 | 
						|
** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#include "btree.h"
 | 
						|
#include "vdbe.h"
 | 
						|
#include "pager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "pcache.h"
 | 
						|
#include "os.h"
 | 
						|
#include "mutex.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default
 | 
						|
** synchronous setting to EXTRA.  It is no longer supported.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
 | 
						|
# warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Default synchronous levels.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ
 | 
						|
** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**           PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS       DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
 | 
						|
**   OFF           1                         0
 | 
						|
**   NORMAL        2                         1
 | 
						|
**   FULL          3                         2
 | 
						|
**   EXTRA         4                         3
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers.
 | 
						|
** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces
 | 
						|
** and the one-based values are used internally.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 2
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
 | 
						|
** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
 | 
						|
** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
 | 
						|
** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
 | 
						|
** databases may be attached.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Db {
 | 
						|
  char *zDbSName;      /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */
 | 
						|
  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
 | 
						|
  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
 | 
						|
  u8 bSyncSet;         /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
 | 
						|
** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
 | 
						|
** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
 | 
						|
** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
 | 
						|
** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
 | 
						|
** sqlite3_close().
 | 
						|
*
 | 
						|
** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
 | 
						|
** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
 | 
						|
** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
 | 
						|
** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Schema {
 | 
						|
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
 | 
						|
  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
 | 
						|
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
 | 
						|
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
 | 
						|
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
 | 
						|
  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
 | 
						|
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
 | 
						|
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
 | 
						|
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
 | 
						|
  u16 schemaFlags;     /* Flags associated with this schema */
 | 
						|
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
 | 
						|
** Db.pSchema->flags field.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P))
 | 
						|
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0)
 | 
						|
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P)
 | 
						|
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
 | 
						|
** read into internal hash tables.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
 | 
						|
** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
 | 
						|
** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
 | 
						|
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
 | 
						|
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
 | 
						|
#define DB_ResetWanted     0x0008  /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
 | 
						|
** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
 | 
						|
** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
 | 
						|
** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
 | 
						|
** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
 | 
						|
** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
 | 
						|
** SQL statements.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
 | 
						|
** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
 | 
						|
** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
 | 
						|
** objects.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
 | 
						|
** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
 | 
						|
** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
 | 
						|
** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
 | 
						|
** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
 | 
						|
** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** New lookaside allocations are only allowed if bDisable==0.  When
 | 
						|
** bDisable is greater than zero, sz is set to zero which effectively
 | 
						|
** disables lookaside without adding a new test for the bDisable flag
 | 
						|
** in a performance-critical path.  sz should be set by to szTrue whenever
 | 
						|
** bDisable changes back to zero.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Lookaside buffers are initially held on the pInit list.  As they are
 | 
						|
** used and freed, they are added back to the pFree list.  New allocations
 | 
						|
** come off of pFree first, then pInit as a fallback.  This dual-list
 | 
						|
** allows use to compute a high-water mark - the maximum number of allocations
 | 
						|
** outstanding at any point in the past - by subtracting the number of
 | 
						|
** allocations on the pInit list from the total number of allocations.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Enhancement on 2019-12-12:  Two-size-lookaside
 | 
						|
** The default lookaside configuration is 100 slots of 1200 bytes each.
 | 
						|
** The larger slot sizes are important for performance, but they waste
 | 
						|
** a lot of space, as most lookaside allocations are less than 128 bytes.
 | 
						|
** The two-size-lookaside enhancement breaks up the lookaside allocation
 | 
						|
** into two pools:  One of 128-byte slots and the other of the default size
 | 
						|
** (1200-byte) slots.   Allocations are filled from the small-pool first,
 | 
						|
** failing over to the full-size pool if that does not work.  Thus more
 | 
						|
** lookaside slots are available while also using less memory.
 | 
						|
** This enhancement can be omitted by compiling with
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Lookaside {
 | 
						|
  u32 bDisable;           /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */
 | 
						|
  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
 | 
						|
  u16 szTrue;             /* True value of sz, even if disabled */
 | 
						|
  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
 | 
						|
  u32 nSlot;              /* Number of lookaside slots allocated */
 | 
						|
  u32 anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
 | 
						|
  LookasideSlot *pInit;   /* List of buffers not previously used */
 | 
						|
  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE
 | 
						|
  LookasideSlot *pSmallInit; /* List of small buffers not prediously used */
 | 
						|
  LookasideSlot *pSmallFree; /* List of available small buffers */
 | 
						|
  void *pMiddle;          /* First byte past end of full-size buffers and
 | 
						|
                          ** the first byte of LOOKASIDE_SMALL buffers */
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE */
 | 
						|
  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
 | 
						|
  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
struct LookasideSlot {
 | 
						|
  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define DisableLookaside  db->lookaside.bDisable++;db->lookaside.sz=0
 | 
						|
#define EnableLookaside   db->lookaside.bDisable--;\
 | 
						|
   db->lookaside.sz=db->lookaside.bDisable?0:db->lookaside.szTrue
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Size of the smaller allocations in two-size lookside */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE
 | 
						|
#  define LOOKASIDE_SMALL           0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#  define LOOKASIDE_SMALL         128
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A hash table for built-in function definitions.  (Application-defined
 | 
						|
** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.)
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
 | 
						|
** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain.  Use the SQLITE_FUNC_HASH()
 | 
						|
** macro to compute a hash on the function name.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23
 | 
						|
struct FuncDefHash {
 | 
						|
  FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ];       /* Hash table for functions */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(C,L) (((C)+(L))%SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used
 | 
						|
** to manage user authentication.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth;
 | 
						|
struct sqlite3_userauth {
 | 
						|
  u8 authLevel;                 /* Current authentication level */
 | 
						|
  int nAuthPW;                  /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */
 | 
						|
  char *zAuthPW;                /* Password used to authenticate */
 | 
						|
  char *zAuthUser;              /* User name used to authenticate */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */
 | 
						|
#define UAUTH_Unknown     0     /* Authentication not yet checked */
 | 
						|
#define UAUTH_Fail        1     /* User authentication failed */
 | 
						|
#define UAUTH_User        2     /* Authenticated as a normal user */
 | 
						|
#define UAUTH_Admin       3     /* Authenticated as an administrator */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */
 | 
						|
int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** typedef for the authorization callback function.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
 | 
						|
  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
 | 
						|
                               const char*, const char*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
 | 
						|
                               const char*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
 | 
						|
/* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing
 | 
						|
** in the style of sqlite3_trace()
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY          0x40     /* Use the legacy xTrace */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE        0x80     /* Use the legacy xProfile */
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY          0
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE        0
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TRACE_NONLEGACY_MASK  0x0f     /* Normal flags */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct sqlite3 {
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
 | 
						|
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
 | 
						|
  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
 | 
						|
  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
 | 
						|
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
 | 
						|
  u32 mDbFlags;                 /* flags recording internal state */
 | 
						|
  u64 flags;                    /* flags settable by pragmas. See below */
 | 
						|
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
 | 
						|
  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
 | 
						|
  u32 nSchemaLock;              /* Do not reset the schema when non-zero */
 | 
						|
  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
 | 
						|
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
 | 
						|
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
 | 
						|
  int iSysErrno;                /* Errno value from last system error */
 | 
						|
  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
 | 
						|
  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding */
 | 
						|
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
 | 
						|
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
 | 
						|
  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
 | 
						|
  u8 bBenignMalloc;             /* Do not require OOMs if true */
 | 
						|
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
 | 
						|
  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
 | 
						|
  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
 | 
						|
  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
 | 
						|
  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
 | 
						|
  u8 mTrace;                    /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */
 | 
						|
  u8 noSharedCache;             /* True if no shared-cache backends */
 | 
						|
  u8 nSqlExec;                  /* Number of pending OP_SqlExec opcodes */
 | 
						|
  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
 | 
						|
  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
 | 
						|
  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
 | 
						|
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
 | 
						|
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
 | 
						|
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
 | 
						|
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
 | 
						|
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
 | 
						|
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
 | 
						|
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
 | 
						|
    unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
 | 
						|
    unsigned imposterTable : 1; /* Building an imposter table */
 | 
						|
    unsigned reopenMemdb : 1;   /* ATTACH is really a reopen using MemDB */
 | 
						|
    char **azInit;              /* "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns */
 | 
						|
  } init;
 | 
						|
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
 | 
						|
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
 | 
						|
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
 | 
						|
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
 | 
						|
  int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
 | 
						|
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
 | 
						|
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
 | 
						|
  int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*);     /* Trace function */
 | 
						|
  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
 | 
						|
  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
 | 
						|
  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */
 | 
						|
  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
 | 
						|
  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */
 | 
						|
  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
 | 
						|
  void *pUpdateArg;
 | 
						|
  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParse;                /* Current parse */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
 | 
						|
  void *pPreUpdateArg;          /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */
 | 
						|
  void (*xPreUpdateCallback)(   /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */
 | 
						|
    void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64
 | 
						|
  );
 | 
						|
  PreUpdate *pPreUpdate;        /* Context for active pre-update callback */
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
 | 
						|
  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
 | 
						|
  void *pWalArg;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
 | 
						|
  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
 | 
						|
  void *pCollNeededArg;
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
 | 
						|
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
 | 
						|
  } u1;
 | 
						|
  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;          /* Access authorization function */
 | 
						|
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
 | 
						|
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
 | 
						|
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
 | 
						|
  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
 | 
						|
  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
 | 
						|
  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
 | 
						|
  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
 | 
						|
  VTable *pDisconnect;          /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  Hash aFunc;                   /* Hash table of connection functions */
 | 
						|
  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
 | 
						|
  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
 | 
						|
  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
 | 
						|
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
 | 
						|
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
 | 
						|
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
 | 
						|
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
 | 
						|
  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
 | 
						|
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
 | 
						|
  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
 | 
						|
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
 | 
						|
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
 | 
						|
  **
 | 
						|
  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
 | 
						|
  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
 | 
						|
  **
 | 
						|
  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
 | 
						|
  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
 | 
						|
  ** held by Y.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
 | 
						|
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
 | 
						|
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_userauth auth;        /* User authentication information */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
 | 
						|
#define ENC(db)        ((db)->enc)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A u64 constant where the lower 32 bits are all zeros.  Only the
 | 
						|
** upper 32 bits are included in the argument.  Necessary because some
 | 
						|
** C-compilers still do not accept LL integer literals.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define HI(X)  ((u64)(X)<<32)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
 | 
						|
**      SQLITE_FullFSync     == PAGER_FULLFSYNC
 | 
						|
**      SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
 | 
						|
**      SQLITE_CacheSpill    == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000001  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00000002  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000004  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000008  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000010  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000020  /* OK to spill pager cache */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TrustedSchema  0x00000080  /* Allow unsafe functions and
 | 
						|
                                          ** vtabs in the schema definition */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
 | 
						|
                                          /*   result set is empty */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00000200  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommit   0x00000400  /* READ UNCOMMITTED in shared-cache */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  0x00000800  /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00001000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00002000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00004000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00008000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00010000  /* Enable load_extension */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc    0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00040000  /* True to enable triggers */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x00080000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x00100000  /* Disable database changes */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x00200000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x00400000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_EnableQPSG     0x00800000  /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TriggerEQP     0x01000000  /* Show trigger EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ResetDatabase  0x02000000  /* Reset the database */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_LegacyAlter    0x04000000  /* Legacy ALTER TABLE behaviour */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_NoSchemaError  0x08000000  /* Do not report schema parse errors*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_Defensive      0x10000000  /* Input SQL is likely hostile */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_DqsDDL         0x20000000  /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DDL*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_DqsDML         0x40000000  /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DML*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_EnableView     0x80000000  /* Enable the use of views */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CountRows      HI(0x00001) /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
 | 
						|
                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
 | 
						|
                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Flags used only if debugging */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       HI(0x0100000) /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    HI(0x0200000) /* Debug listings of VDBE progs */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      HI(0x0400000) /* True to trace VDBE execution */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace HI(0x0800000) /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        HI(0x1000000) /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ParserTrace    HI(0x2000000) /* PRAGMA parser_trace=ON */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for sqlite3.mDbFlags
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_SchemaChange   0x0001  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin  0x0002  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_Vacuum         0x0004  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_VacuumInto     0x0008  /* Currently running VACUUM INTO */
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk  0x0010  /* Schema is known to be valid */
 | 
						|
#define DBFLAG_InternalFunc   0x0020  /* Allow use of internal functions */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
 | 
						|
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
 | 
						|
** selectively disable various optimizations.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_WindowFunc     0x0002   /* Use xInverse for window functions */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0010   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0020   /* Covering index scans */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0040   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0080   /* Transitive constraints */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0100   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CountOfView    0x0200   /* The count-of-view optimization */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x0400   /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_Stat4          0x0800   /* Use STAT4 data */
 | 
						|
   /* TH3 expects the Stat4   ^^^^^^ value to be 0x0800.  Don't change it */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_PushDown       0x1000   /* The push-down optimization */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SimplifyJoin   0x2000   /* Convert LEFT JOIN to JOIN */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SkipScan       0x4000   /* Skip-scans */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_PropagateConst 0x8000   /* The constant propagation opt */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
 | 
						|
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
 | 
						|
** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
 | 
						|
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
 | 
						|
** than being distinct from one another.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
 | 
						|
** structure.  For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count())
 | 
						|
** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object.
 | 
						|
** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this
 | 
						|
** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins.  The u.pDestructor
 | 
						|
** field is used by per-connection app-def functions.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct FuncDef {
 | 
						|
  i8 nArg;             /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
 | 
						|
  u32 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
 | 
						|
  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
 | 
						|
  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
 | 
						|
  void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */
 | 
						|
  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                  /* Agg finalizer */
 | 
						|
  void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*);                     /* Current agg value */
 | 
						|
  void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* inverse agg-step */
 | 
						|
  const char *zName;   /* SQL name of the function. */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
 | 
						|
    FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
 | 
						|
  } u;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
 | 
						|
** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
 | 
						|
** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
 | 
						|
** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to
 | 
						|
** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
 | 
						|
** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
 | 
						|
** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
 | 
						|
** FuncDestructor.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
 | 
						|
** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
 | 
						|
** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct FuncDestructor {
 | 
						|
  int nRef;
 | 
						|
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
 | 
						|
  void *pUserData;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
 | 
						|
** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  And
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC.  There
 | 
						|
** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX    ==  NC_MinMaxAgg      == SF_MinMaxAgg
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH    ==  OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF    ==  OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT  ==  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT    ==  SQLITE_DIRECTONLY from the API
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE    ==  SQLITE_INNOCUOUS
 | 
						|
**     SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK   depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX   0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG  0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a
 | 
						|
                                    ** single query - might change over time */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TEST     0x4000 /* Built-in testing functions */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET   0x8000 /* Built-in sqlite_offset() function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW   0x00010000 /* Built-in window-only function */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL 0x00040000 /* For use by NestedParse() only */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT   0x00080000 /* Not for use in TRIGGERs or VIEWs */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_SUBTYPE  0x00100000 /* Result likely to have sub-type */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE   0x00200000 /* Function has side effects */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE   0x00400000 /* Functions implemented in-line */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Identifier numbers for each in-line function */
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_coalesce             0
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row  1
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr    2
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare         3      
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_affinity             4
 | 
						|
#define INLINEFUNC_unlikely            99  /* Default case */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
 | 
						|
** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 | 
						|
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
 | 
						|
**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
 | 
						|
**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
 | 
						|
**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If
 | 
						|
**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 | 
						|
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 | 
						|
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and
 | 
						|
**     adds the SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags)
 | 
						|
**     zName is the name of a function that is implemented by in-line
 | 
						|
**     byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId
 | 
						|
**     parameter determines the function id.  The mFlags parameter is
 | 
						|
**     optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags)
 | 
						|
**     zName is the name of a test-only function implemented by in-line
 | 
						|
**     byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId
 | 
						|
**     parameter determines the function id.  The mFlags parameter is
 | 
						|
**     optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 | 
						|
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and
 | 
						|
**     adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag.  Used for date & time functions
 | 
						|
**     and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during
 | 
						|
**     a single query.  The iArg is ignored.  The user-data is always set
 | 
						|
**     to a NULL pointer.  The bNC parameter is not used.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 | 
						|
**     Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION
 | 
						|
**     except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags.  iArg is
 | 
						|
**     ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an 
 | 
						|
**     arbitrary non-NULL pointer.  The bNC parameter is not used.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
 | 
						|
**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
 | 
						|
**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
 | 
						|
**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
 | 
						|
**     FUNCTION().
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   WFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse)
 | 
						|
**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
 | 
						|
**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
 | 
						|
**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
 | 
						|
**     FUNCTION().
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
 | 
						|
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
 | 
						|
**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C
 | 
						|
**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
 | 
						|
**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
 | 
						|
**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
 | 
						|
**     parameter.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DIRECTONLY|SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE, \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_FUNC_TEST| \
 | 
						|
         SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8, \
 | 
						|
   0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \
 | 
						|
   (void*)&sqlite3Config, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
 | 
						|
   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, }
 | 
						|
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
 | 
						|
   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
#define WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, f) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|f, \
 | 
						|
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xValue,xInverse,#zName, {0}}
 | 
						|
#define INTERNAL_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, xFunc) \
 | 
						|
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \
 | 
						|
   0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
 | 
						|
** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
 | 
						|
** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
 | 
						|
** OP_Savepoint instruction.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Savepoint {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
 | 
						|
  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
 | 
						|
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
 | 
						|
  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
 | 
						|
** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
 | 
						|
#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
 | 
						|
#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
 | 
						|
** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
 | 
						|
** hash table.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Module {
 | 
						|
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
 | 
						|
  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
 | 
						|
  int nRefModule;                      /* Number of pointers to this object */
 | 
						|
  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
 | 
						|
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
 | 
						|
  Table *pEpoTab;                      /* Eponymous table for this module */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
 | 
						|
** of the Column structure, in the Table.aCol[] array.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Definitions:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   "table column index"     This is the index of the column in the
 | 
						|
**                            Table.aCol[] array, and also the index of
 | 
						|
**                            the column in the original CREATE TABLE stmt.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   "storage column index"   This is the index of the column in the
 | 
						|
**                            record BLOB generated by the OP_MakeRecord
 | 
						|
**                            opcode.  The storage column index is less than
 | 
						|
**                            or equal to the table column index.  It is
 | 
						|
**                            equal if and only if there are no VIRTUAL
 | 
						|
**                            columns to the left.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Column {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;     /* Name of this column, \000, then the type */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value or GENERATED ALWAYS AS value */
 | 
						|
  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
 | 
						|
  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
 | 
						|
  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
 | 
						|
  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */
 | 
						|
  u16 colFlags;    /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY   0x0001   /* Column is part of the primary key */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN    0x0002   /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE   0x0004   /* Type name follows column name */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_UNIQUE    0x0008   /* Column def contains "UNIQUE" or "PK" */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_SORTERREF 0x0010   /* Use sorter-refs with this column */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_VIRTUAL   0x0020   /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... VIRTUAL */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_STORED    0x0040   /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... STORED */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_NOTAVAIL  0x0080   /* STORED column not yet calculated */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_BUSY      0x0100   /* Blocks recursion on GENERATED columns */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_GENERATED 0x0060   /* Combo: _STORED, _VIRTUAL */
 | 
						|
#define COLFLAG_NOINSERT  0x0062   /* Combo: _HIDDEN, _STORED, _VIRTUAL */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
 | 
						|
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
 | 
						|
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
 | 
						|
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
 | 
						|
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct CollSeq {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
 | 
						|
  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
 | 
						|
  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
 | 
						|
  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
 | 
						|
  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Column affinity types.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
 | 
						|
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
 | 
						|
** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'.  That way,
 | 
						|
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
 | 
						|
** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
 | 
						|
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.  And the BLOB type is first.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     0x40  /* '@' */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB     0x41  /* 'A' */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     0x42  /* 'B' */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  0x43  /* 'C' */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  0x44  /* 'D' */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     0x45  /* 'E' */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
 | 
						|
** affinity value.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x47
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
 | 
						|
** changing the affinity.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
 | 
						|
** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
 | 
						|
** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
 | 
						|
** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_KEEPNULL     0x08  /* Used by vector == or <> */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x10  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x20  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x90  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
 | 
						|
** the database schema.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
 | 
						|
** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
 | 
						|
** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
 | 
						|
** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table
 | 
						|
** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between
 | 
						|
** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database
 | 
						|
** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
 | 
						|
** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
 | 
						|
** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
 | 
						|
** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
 | 
						|
** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers
 | 
						|
** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database
 | 
						|
** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
 | 
						|
** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
 | 
						|
** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
 | 
						|
** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
 | 
						|
** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
 | 
						|
** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
 | 
						|
** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
 | 
						|
** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not
 | 
						|
** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed
 | 
						|
** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
 | 
						|
** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
 | 
						|
** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected
 | 
						|
** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
 | 
						|
** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
 | 
						|
** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
 | 
						|
** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
 | 
						|
** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by
 | 
						|
** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as
 | 
						|
** the first argument.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct VTable {
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
 | 
						|
  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
 | 
						|
  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
 | 
						|
  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
 | 
						|
  u8 eVtabRisk;             /* Riskiness of allowing hacker access */
 | 
						|
  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
 | 
						|
  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Allowed values for VTable.eVtabRisk
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Low          0
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Normal       1
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_High         2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory
 | 
						|
** by an instance of the following structure.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Table {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
 | 
						|
  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
 | 
						|
  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
 | 
						|
  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
 | 
						|
  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
 | 
						|
  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
 | 
						|
                       /*   ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */
 | 
						|
  int tnum;            /* Root BTree page for this table */
 | 
						|
  u32 nTabRef;         /* Number of pointers to this Table */
 | 
						|
  u32 tabFlags;        /* Mask of TF_* values */
 | 
						|
  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */
 | 
						|
  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
 | 
						|
  i16 nNVCol;          /* Number of columns that are not VIRTUAL */
 | 
						|
  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
 | 
						|
  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
 | 
						|
  LogEst costMult;     /* Cost multiplier for using this table */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
 | 
						|
  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
 | 
						|
  char **azModuleArg;  /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */
 | 
						|
  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
 | 
						|
  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are
 | 
						|
** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING
 | 
						|
** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden,
 | 
						|
** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require
 | 
						|
** special handling during INSERT processing. The "OOO" means "Out Of Order".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Constraints:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**         TF_HasVirtual == COLFLAG_Virtual
 | 
						|
**         TF_HasStored  == COLFLAG_Stored
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define TF_Readonly        0x0001    /* Read-only system table */
 | 
						|
#define TF_Ephemeral       0x0002    /* An ephemeral table */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x0004    /* Table has a primary key */
 | 
						|
#define TF_Autoincrement   0x0008    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasStat1        0x0010    /* nRowLogEst set from sqlite_stat1 */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasVirtual      0x0020    /* Has one or more VIRTUAL columns */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasStored       0x0040    /* Has one or more STORED columns */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasGenerated    0x0060    /* Combo: HasVirtual + HasStored */
 | 
						|
#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x0080    /* No rowid.  PRIMARY KEY is the key */
 | 
						|
#define TF_StatsUsed       0x0100    /* Query planner decisions affected by
 | 
						|
                                     ** Index.aiRowLogEst[] values */
 | 
						|
#define TF_NoVisibleRowid  0x0200    /* No user-visible "rowid" column */
 | 
						|
#define TF_OOOHidden       0x0400    /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */
 | 
						|
#define TF_HasNotNull      0x0800    /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */
 | 
						|
#define TF_Shadow          0x1000    /* True for a shadow table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
 | 
						|
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
 | 
						|
** table support is omitted from the build.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
#  define IsVirtual(X)      ((X)->nModuleArg)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Macros to determine if a column is hidden.  IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn()
 | 
						|
** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is
 | 
						|
** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined.  The
 | 
						|
** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS)
 | 
						|
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
 | 
						|
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
 | 
						|
#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
 | 
						|
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
 | 
						|
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         0
 | 
						|
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Does the table have a rowid */
 | 
						|
#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
 | 
						|
#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
 | 
						|
** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
 | 
						|
** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
 | 
						|
** Consider this example:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
 | 
						|
**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
 | 
						|
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
 | 
						|
**     );
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
 | 
						|
** Equivalent names:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     from-table == child-table
 | 
						|
**       to-table == parent-table
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
 | 
						|
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
 | 
						|
** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
 | 
						|
** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct FKey {
 | 
						|
  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
 | 
						|
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
 | 
						|
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
 | 
						|
  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
 | 
						|
  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
 | 
						|
  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
 | 
						|
  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
 | 
						|
  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
 | 
						|
  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
 | 
						|
  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
 | 
						|
  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
 | 
						|
    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
 | 
						|
    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
 | 
						|
  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
 | 
						|
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
 | 
						|
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
 | 
						|
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
 | 
						|
** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
 | 
						|
** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
 | 
						|
** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
 | 
						|
** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
 | 
						|
** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
 | 
						|
** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
 | 
						|
** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
 | 
						|
** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
 | 
						|
** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
 | 
						|
** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
 | 
						|
** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
 | 
						|
** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
 | 
						|
** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
 | 
						|
** foreign key.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
 | 
						|
** of action to take.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Update   6   /* Process as a DO UPDATE in an upsert */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Restrict 7   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
 | 
						|
#define OE_SetNull  8   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
 | 
						|
#define OE_SetDflt  9   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Cascade  10  /* Cascade the changes */
 | 
						|
#define OE_Default  11  /* Do whatever the default action is */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
 | 
						|
** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the
 | 
						|
** comparison of the two index keys.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
 | 
						|
** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
 | 
						|
** for the rowid at the end.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct KeyInfo {
 | 
						|
  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
 | 
						|
  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
 | 
						|
  u16 nKeyField;      /* Number of key columns in the index */
 | 
						|
  u16 nAllField;      /* Total columns, including key plus others */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
 | 
						|
  u8 *aSortFlags;     /* Sort order for each column. */
 | 
						|
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed bit values for entries in the KeyInfo.aSortFlags[] array.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC    0x01    /* DESC sort order */
 | 
						|
#define KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL 0x02    /* NULL is larger than any other value */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual
 | 
						|
** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
 | 
						|
** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
 | 
						|
** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
 | 
						|
** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
 | 
						|
** OP_Column opcode.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on
 | 
						|
** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that
 | 
						|
** is closed to the key described by this object.  This object might hold
 | 
						|
** just a prefix of the key.  The number of fields is given by
 | 
						|
** pKeyInfo->nField.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than
 | 
						|
** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively.  These are normally
 | 
						|
** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree
 | 
						|
** is in DESC order.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find
 | 
						|
** an equals comparison.  default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1.  If there are
 | 
						|
** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking
 | 
						|
** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to
 | 
						|
** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to
 | 
						|
** find the first match.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever
 | 
						|
** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record.
 | 
						|
** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately
 | 
						|
** before the first match or immediately after the last match.  The
 | 
						|
** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the
 | 
						|
** b-tree.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct UnpackedRecord {
 | 
						|
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
 | 
						|
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
 | 
						|
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
 | 
						|
  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
 | 
						|
  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
 | 
						|
  i8 r1;              /* Value to return if (lhs < rhs) */
 | 
						|
  i8 r2;              /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
 | 
						|
  u8 eqSeen;          /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
 | 
						|
** instance of the following structure.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
 | 
						|
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
 | 
						|
** we have the following table and index:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
 | 
						|
**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
 | 
						|
** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
 | 
						|
** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
 | 
						|
** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the
 | 
						|
** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
 | 
						|
** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
 | 
						|
** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
 | 
						|
** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
 | 
						|
** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
 | 
						|
** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution
 | 
						|
** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
 | 
						|
** element.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to
 | 
						|
** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master
 | 
						|
** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances
 | 
						|
** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is
 | 
						|
** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page
 | 
						|
** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE
 | 
						|
** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Index {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
 | 
						|
  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
 | 
						|
  LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
 | 
						|
  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
 | 
						|
  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
 | 
						|
  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
 | 
						|
  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
 | 
						|
  const char **azColl;     /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *aColExpr;      /* Column expressions */
 | 
						|
  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
 | 
						|
  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
 | 
						|
  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
 | 
						|
  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
 | 
						|
  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
 | 
						|
  unsigned idxType:2;      /* 0:Normal 1:UNIQUE, 2:PRIMARY KEY, 3:IPK */
 | 
						|
  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
 | 
						|
  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
 | 
						|
  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
 | 
						|
  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
 | 
						|
  unsigned noSkipScan:1;   /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */
 | 
						|
  unsigned hasStat1:1;     /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */
 | 
						|
  unsigned bNoQuery:1;     /* Do not use this index to optimize queries */
 | 
						|
  unsigned bAscKeyBug:1;   /* True if the bba7b69f9849b5bf bug applies */
 | 
						|
  unsigned bHasVCol:1;     /* Index references one or more VIRTUAL columns */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
 | 
						|
  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
 | 
						|
  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
 | 
						|
  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt *aiRowEst;       /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt nRowEst0;        /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  Bitmask colNotIdxed;     /* 0 for unindexed columns in pTab */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for Index.idxType
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK         3   /* INTEGER PRIMARY KEY index */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
 | 
						|
#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */
 | 
						|
#define IsUniqueIndex(X)      ((X)->onError!=OE_None)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer.  But
 | 
						|
** there are some negative values that have special meaning:
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define XN_ROWID     (-1)     /* Indexed column is the rowid */
 | 
						|
#define XN_EXPR      (-2)     /* Indexed column is an expression */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat4 table is represented in memory
 | 
						|
** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
 | 
						|
** analyze.c source file for additional information.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct IndexSample {
 | 
						|
  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
 | 
						|
  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
 | 
						|
  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Possible values to use within the flags argument to sqlite3GetToken().
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TOKEN_QUOTED    0x1 /* Token is a quoted identifier. */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_TOKEN_KEYWORD   0x2 /* Token is a keyword. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
 | 
						|
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The memory that "z" points to is owned by other objects.  Take care
 | 
						|
** that the owner of the "z" string does not deallocate the string before
 | 
						|
** the Token goes out of scope!  Very often, the "z" points to some place
 | 
						|
** in the middle of the Parse.zSql text.  But it might also point to a
 | 
						|
** static string.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Token {
 | 
						|
  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
 | 
						|
  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
 | 
						|
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
 | 
						|
** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
 | 
						|
** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
 | 
						|
** code for that node.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
 | 
						|
** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
 | 
						|
** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct AggInfo {
 | 
						|
  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
 | 
						|
                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
 | 
						|
  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
 | 
						|
                          ** than the source table */
 | 
						|
  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
 | 
						|
  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
 | 
						|
  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
 | 
						|
  int mnReg, mxReg;       /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
 | 
						|
  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
 | 
						|
    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
 | 
						|
    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
 | 
						|
    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
 | 
						|
    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
 | 
						|
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
 | 
						|
    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
 | 
						|
  } *aCol;
 | 
						|
  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
 | 
						|
  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
 | 
						|
                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
 | 
						|
                          ** aggregate functions */
 | 
						|
  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
 | 
						|
    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
 | 
						|
    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
 | 
						|
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
 | 
						|
    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
 | 
						|
  } *aFunc;
 | 
						|
  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
 | 
						|
** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
 | 
						|
** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
 | 
						|
** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
 | 
						|
** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
 | 
						|
** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
 | 
						|
** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
 | 
						|
** the option is available (at compile-time).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
 | 
						|
typedef i16 ynVar;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
typedef int ynVar;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
 | 
						|
** of this structure.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
 | 
						|
** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
 | 
						|
** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
 | 
						|
** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
 | 
						|
** tree.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB,
 | 
						|
** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
 | 
						|
** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the
 | 
						|
** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
 | 
						|
** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
 | 
						|
** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
 | 
						|
** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
 | 
						|
** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
 | 
						|
** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
 | 
						|
** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is
 | 
						|
** valid.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
 | 
						|
** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
 | 
						|
** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
 | 
						|
** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
 | 
						|
** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
 | 
						|
** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
 | 
						|
** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark
 | 
						|
** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index
 | 
						|
** number for that variable.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
 | 
						|
** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
 | 
						|
** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
 | 
						|
** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
 | 
						|
** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
 | 
						|
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
 | 
						|
** corresponding table definition.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** ALLOCATION NOTES:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
 | 
						|
** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
 | 
						|
** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
 | 
						|
** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
 | 
						|
** together with Expr.zToken strings.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
 | 
						|
** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
 | 
						|
** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
 | 
						|
** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
 | 
						|
** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
 | 
						|
** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Expr {
 | 
						|
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
 | 
						|
  char affExpr;          /* affinity, or RAISE type */
 | 
						|
  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER/TK_TRUTH: original value of Expr.op
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_FUNCTION: NC_SelfRef flag if needs OP_PureFunc */
 | 
						|
  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
 | 
						|
    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
 | 
						|
  } u;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
 | 
						|
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
 | 
						|
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
 | 
						|
  *********************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
 | 
						|
    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
 | 
						|
  } x;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
 | 
						|
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
 | 
						|
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
 | 
						|
  *********************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
 | 
						|
  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
 | 
						|
                         ** EP_Unlikely:  134217728 times likelihood
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_IN: ephemerial table holding RHS
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: Number of columns on the LHS
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_SELECT: 1st register of result vector */
 | 
						|
  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1).
 | 
						|
                         ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */
 | 
						|
  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
 | 
						|
  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
 | 
						|
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    Table *pTab;           /* TK_COLUMN: Table containing column. Can be NULL
 | 
						|
                           ** for a column of an index on an expression */
 | 
						|
    Window *pWin;          /* EP_WinFunc: Window/Filter defn for a function */
 | 
						|
    struct {               /* TK_IN, TK_SELECT, and TK_EXISTS */
 | 
						|
      int iAddr;             /* Subroutine entry address */
 | 
						|
      int regReturn;         /* Register used to hold return address */
 | 
						|
    } sub;
 | 
						|
  } y;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
 | 
						|
** Value restrictions:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**          EP_Agg == NC_HasAgg == SF_HasAgg
 | 
						|
**          EP_Win == NC_HasWin
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define EP_FromJoin   0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Distinct   0x000002 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
 | 
						|
#define EP_HasFunc    0x000004 /* Contains one or more functions of any kind */
 | 
						|
#define EP_FixedCol   0x000008 /* TK_Column with a known fixed value */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Agg        0x000010 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
 | 
						|
#define EP_VarSelect  0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
 | 
						|
#define EP_DblQuoted  0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
 | 
						|
#define EP_InfixFunc  0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Collate    0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Commuted   0x000200 /* Comparison operator has been commuted */
 | 
						|
#define EP_IntValue   0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
 | 
						|
#define EP_xIsSelect  0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Skip       0x001000 /* Operator does not contribute to affinity */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Reduced    0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
 | 
						|
#define EP_TokenOnly  0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Win        0x008000 /* Contains window functions */
 | 
						|
#define EP_MemToken   0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
 | 
						|
#define EP_NoReduce   0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Unlikely   0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
 | 
						|
#define EP_ConstFunc  0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */
 | 
						|
#define EP_CanBeNull  0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Subquery   0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Alias      0x400000 /* Is an alias for a result set column */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Leaf       0x800000 /* Expr.pLeft, .pRight, .u.pSelect all NULL */
 | 
						|
#define EP_WinFunc   0x1000000 /* TK_FUNCTION with Expr.y.pWin set */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Subrtn    0x2000000 /* Uses Expr.y.sub. TK_IN, _SELECT, or _EXISTS */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Quoted    0x4000000 /* TK_ID was originally quoted */
 | 
						|
#define EP_Static    0x8000000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
 | 
						|
#define EP_IsTrue   0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */
 | 
						|
#define EP_IsFalse  0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */
 | 
						|
#define EP_FromDDL  0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_master */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate
 | 
						|
** upwards into parent nodes.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery|EP_HasFunc)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
 | 
						|
** Expr.flags field.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
 | 
						|
#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
 | 
						|
#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
 | 
						|
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
 | 
						|
#define ExprAlwaysTrue(E)   (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsTrue))==EP_IsTrue)
 | 
						|
#define ExprAlwaysFalse(E)  (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsFalse))==EP_IsFalse)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
 | 
						|
** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
 | 
						|
** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr
 | 
						|
** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags
 | 
						|
** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
 | 
						|
#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
 | 
						|
#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment
 | 
						|
** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** True if the expression passed as an argument was a function with
 | 
						|
** an OVER() clause (a window function).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
 | 
						|
# define IsWindowFunc(p) 0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define IsWindowFunc(p) ( \
 | 
						|
    ExprHasProperty((p), EP_WinFunc) && p->y.pWin->eFrmType!=TK_FILTER \
 | 
						|
 )
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
 | 
						|
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
 | 
						|
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
 | 
						|
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
 | 
						|
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
 | 
						|
** field is not used.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In order to try to keep memory usage down, the Expr.a.zEName field
 | 
						|
** is used for multiple purposes:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     eEName          Usage
 | 
						|
**    ----------       -------------------------
 | 
						|
**    ENAME_NAME       (1) the AS of result set column
 | 
						|
**                     (2) COLUMN= of an UPDATE
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    ENAME_TAB        DB.TABLE.NAME used to resolve names
 | 
						|
**                     of subqueries
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**    ENAME_SPAN       Text of the original result set
 | 
						|
**                     expression.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct ExprList {
 | 
						|
  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
 | 
						|
  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
 | 
						|
    Expr *pExpr;            /* The parse tree for this expression */
 | 
						|
    char *zEName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
 | 
						|
    u8 sortFlags;           /* Mask of KEYINFO_ORDER_* flags */
 | 
						|
    unsigned eEName :2;     /* Meaning of zEName */
 | 
						|
    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
 | 
						|
    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
 | 
						|
    unsigned bSorterRef :1; /* Defer evaluation until after sorting */
 | 
						|
    unsigned bNulls: 1;     /* True if explicit "NULLS FIRST/LAST" */
 | 
						|
    union {
 | 
						|
      struct {
 | 
						|
        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
 | 
						|
        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
 | 
						|
      } x;
 | 
						|
      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
 | 
						|
    } u;
 | 
						|
  } a[1];                  /* One slot for each expression in the list */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for Expr.a.eEName
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define ENAME_NAME  0       /* The AS clause of a result set */
 | 
						|
#define ENAME_SPAN  1       /* Complete text of the result set expression */
 | 
						|
#define ENAME_TAB   2       /* "DB.TABLE.NAME" for the result set */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
 | 
						|
** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
 | 
						|
**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
 | 
						|
**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
 | 
						|
** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct IdList {
 | 
						|
  struct IdList_item {
 | 
						|
    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
 | 
						|
    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
 | 
						|
  } *a;
 | 
						|
  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
 | 
						|
** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
 | 
						|
** the SrcList.a[] array.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
 | 
						|
** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
 | 
						|
** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
 | 
						|
** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
 | 
						|
** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
 | 
						|
** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
 | 
						|
** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
 | 
						|
** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
 | 
						|
** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct SrcList {
 | 
						|
  int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
 | 
						|
  u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
 | 
						|
  struct SrcList_item {
 | 
						|
    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
 | 
						|
    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
 | 
						|
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
 | 
						|
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
 | 
						|
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
 | 
						|
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
 | 
						|
    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
 | 
						|
    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
 | 
						|
    int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
 | 
						|
    struct {
 | 
						|
      u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this table and the previous */
 | 
						|
      unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
 | 
						|
      unsigned isIndexedBy :1;   /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */
 | 
						|
      unsigned isTabFunc :1;     /* True if table-valued-function syntax */
 | 
						|
      unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
 | 
						|
      unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
 | 
						|
      unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
 | 
						|
      unsigned fromDDL :1;       /* Comes from sqlite_master */
 | 
						|
    } fg;
 | 
						|
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
 | 
						|
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
 | 
						|
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
 | 
						|
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
 | 
						|
    union {
 | 
						|
      char *zIndexedBy;    /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
 | 
						|
      ExprList *pFuncArg;  /* Arguments to table-valued-function */
 | 
						|
    } u1;
 | 
						|
    Index *pIBIndex;  /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */
 | 
						|
  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
 | 
						|
#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
 | 
						|
#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
 | 
						|
#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
 | 
						|
#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
 | 
						|
#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
 | 
						|
#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
 | 
						|
** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
 | 
						|
**     WHERE_USE_LIMIT  == SF_FixedLimit
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x0008 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0010 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE     0x0020 /* Processing a sub-WHERE as part of
 | 
						|
                                      ** the OR optimization  */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0040 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE       0x0400 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT    0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE  0x1000 /* Do not defer seeks if unique */
 | 
						|
                        /*     0x2000    not currently used */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_USE_LIMIT        0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */
 | 
						|
                        /*     0x8000    not currently used */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
 | 
						|
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
 | 
						|
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
 | 
						|
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
 | 
						|
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
 | 
						|
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
 | 
						|
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
 | 
						|
** other statements.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most
 | 
						|
** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
 | 
						|
** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
 | 
						|
** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
 | 
						|
** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
 | 
						|
** the context containing the match is incremented.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
 | 
						|
** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
 | 
						|
** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
 | 
						|
** subqueries looking for a match.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct NameContext {
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
 | 
						|
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
 | 
						|
    AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
 | 
						|
    Upsert *pUpsert;     /* ON CONFLICT clause information from an upsert */
 | 
						|
  } uNC;
 | 
						|
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
 | 
						|
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
 | 
						|
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
 | 
						|
  int ncFlags;         /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
 | 
						|
  Select *pWinSelect;  /* SELECT statement for any window functions */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (all checked via assert()):
 | 
						|
**    NC_HasAgg    == SF_HasAgg    == EP_Agg
 | 
						|
**    NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX
 | 
						|
**    NC_HasWin    == EP_Win
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define NC_AllowAgg  0x00001  /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
 | 
						|
#define NC_PartIdx   0x00002  /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
 | 
						|
#define NC_IsCheck   0x00004  /* True if resolving a CHECK constraint */
 | 
						|
#define NC_GenCol    0x00008  /* True for a GENERATED ALWAYS AS clause */
 | 
						|
#define NC_HasAgg    0x00010  /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
 | 
						|
#define NC_IdxExpr   0x00020  /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */
 | 
						|
#define NC_SelfRef   0x0002e  /* Combo: PartIdx, isCheck, GenCol, and IdxExpr */
 | 
						|
#define NC_VarSelect 0x00040  /* A correlated subquery has been seen */
 | 
						|
#define NC_UEList    0x00080  /* True if uNC.pEList is used */
 | 
						|
#define NC_UAggInfo  0x00100  /* True if uNC.pAggInfo is used */
 | 
						|
#define NC_UUpsert   0x00200  /* True if uNC.pUpsert is used */
 | 
						|
#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x01000  /* min/max aggregates seen.  See note above */
 | 
						|
#define NC_Complex   0x02000  /* True if a function or subquery seen */
 | 
						|
#define NC_AllowWin  0x04000  /* Window functions are allowed here */
 | 
						|
#define NC_HasWin    0x08000  /* One or more window functions seen */
 | 
						|
#define NC_IsDDL     0x10000  /* Resolving names in a CREATE statement */
 | 
						|
#define NC_InAggFunc 0x20000  /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
 | 
						|
#define NC_FromDDL   0x40000  /* SQL text comes from sqlite_master */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT
 | 
						|
** clause in an upsert.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The pUpsertTarget field is only set if the ON CONFLICT clause includes
 | 
						|
** conflict-target clause.  (In "ON CONFLICT(a,b)" the "(a,b)" is the
 | 
						|
** conflict-target clause.)  The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional
 | 
						|
** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. 
 | 
						|
** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING.  The
 | 
						|
** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the
 | 
						|
** WHERE clause is omitted.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Upsert {
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pUpsertTarget;  /* Optional description of conflicting index */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pUpsertTargetWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial index targets */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pUpsertSet;     /* The SET clause from an ON CONFLICT UPDATE */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pUpsertWhere;       /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */
 | 
						|
  /* The fields above comprise the parse tree for the upsert clause.
 | 
						|
  ** The fields below are used to transfer information from the INSERT
 | 
						|
  ** processing down into the UPDATE processing while generating code.
 | 
						|
  ** Upsert owns the memory allocated above, but not the memory below. */
 | 
						|
  Index *pUpsertIdx;        /* Constraint that pUpsertTarget identifies */
 | 
						|
  SrcList *pUpsertSrc;      /* Table to be updated */
 | 
						|
  int regData;              /* First register holding array of VALUES */
 | 
						|
  int iDataCur;             /* Index of the data cursor */
 | 
						|
  int iIdxCur;              /* Index of the first index cursor */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
 | 
						|
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** See the header comment on the computeLimitRegisters() routine for a
 | 
						|
** detailed description of the meaning of the iLimit and iOffset fields.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
 | 
						|
** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
 | 
						|
** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
 | 
						|
** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
 | 
						|
** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
 | 
						|
** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
 | 
						|
** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
 | 
						|
** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
 | 
						|
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Select {
 | 
						|
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
 | 
						|
  LogEst nSelectRow;     /* Estimated number of result rows */
 | 
						|
  u32 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
 | 
						|
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
 | 
						|
  u32 selId;             /* Unique identifier number for this SELECT */
 | 
						|
  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
 | 
						|
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
 | 
						|
  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
 | 
						|
  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
 | 
						|
  With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
 | 
						|
  Window *pWin;          /* List of window functions */
 | 
						|
  Window *pWinDefn;      /* List of named window definitions */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
 | 
						|
** "Select Flag".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (all checked via assert())
 | 
						|
**     SF_HasAgg     == NC_HasAgg
 | 
						|
**     SF_MinMaxAgg  == NC_MinMaxAgg     == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX
 | 
						|
**     SF_FixedLimit == WHERE_USE_LIMIT
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SF_Distinct      0x0000001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */
 | 
						|
#define SF_All           0x0000002 /* Includes the ALL keyword */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Resolved      0x0000004 /* Identifiers have been resolved */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Aggregate     0x0000008 /* Contains agg functions or a GROUP BY */
 | 
						|
#define SF_HasAgg        0x0000010 /* Contains aggregate functions */
 | 
						|
#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0000020 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Expanded      0x0000040 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
 | 
						|
#define SF_HasTypeInfo   0x0000080 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Compound      0x0000100 /* Part of a compound query */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Values        0x0000200 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
 | 
						|
#define SF_MultiValue    0x0000400 /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */
 | 
						|
#define SF_NestedFrom    0x0000800 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
 | 
						|
#define SF_MinMaxAgg     0x0001000 /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Recursive     0x0002000 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
 | 
						|
#define SF_FixedLimit    0x0004000 /* nSelectRow set by a constant LIMIT */
 | 
						|
#define SF_MaybeConvert  0x0008000 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
 | 
						|
#define SF_Converted     0x0010000 /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
 | 
						|
#define SF_IncludeHidden 0x0020000 /* Include hidden columns in output */
 | 
						|
#define SF_ComplexResult 0x0040000 /* Result contains subquery or function */
 | 
						|
#define SF_WhereBegin    0x0080000 /* Really a WhereBegin() call.  Debug Only */
 | 
						|
#define SF_WinRewrite    0x0100000 /* Window function rewrite accomplished */
 | 
						|
#define SF_View          0x0200000 /* SELECT statement is a view */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
 | 
						|
** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
 | 
						|
** Type".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index
 | 
						|
**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
 | 
						|
**                     set is not empty.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
 | 
						|
**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
 | 
						|
**                     the side-effects of functions.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
 | 
						|
** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
 | 
						|
**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
 | 
						|
**                     Store the first column of the first result row
 | 
						|
**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
 | 
						|
**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
 | 
						|
**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm.
 | 
						|
**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
 | 
						|
**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
 | 
						|
**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
 | 
						|
**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
 | 
						|
**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
 | 
						|
**                     the table first.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
 | 
						|
**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
 | 
						|
**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
 | 
						|
**                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
 | 
						|
**                     starting with pDest->iSdst.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
 | 
						|
**                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has
 | 
						|
**                     the additional property of being able to ignore
 | 
						|
**                     the ORDER BY clause.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
 | 
						|
**                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
 | 
						|
**                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
 | 
						|
**                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo".
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
 | 
						|
**                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries
 | 
						|
**                     are distinct.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
 | 
						|
**                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
 | 
						|
**                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Fifo         5  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_DistFifo     6  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_DistQueue    8  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
 | 
						|
#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
 | 
						|
#define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
 | 
						|
** a SELECT statement.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct SelectDest {
 | 
						|
  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
 | 
						|
  int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
 | 
						|
  int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
 | 
						|
  int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
 | 
						|
  char *zAffSdst;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT
 | 
						|
** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
 | 
						|
** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
 | 
						|
** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
 | 
						|
** information in case inserts are done within triggers.  Triggers do not
 | 
						|
** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
 | 
						|
** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct AutoincInfo {
 | 
						|
  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
 | 
						|
  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
 | 
						|
  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
 | 
						|
  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each
 | 
						|
** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
 | 
						|
** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
 | 
						|
** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
 | 
						|
** completed.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
 | 
						|
** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
 | 
						|
** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
 | 
						|
** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
 | 
						|
** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
 | 
						|
** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT
 | 
						|
** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
 | 
						|
** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct TriggerPrg {
 | 
						|
  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
 | 
						|
  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
 | 
						|
  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
 | 
						|
  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
 | 
						|
  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
 | 
						|
  typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8];
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0)
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskZero(M)      memset((M),0,sizeof(M))
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7))
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0)
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskZero(M)      (M)=0
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   (M)==0
 | 
						|
# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (M)!=0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
 | 
						|
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
 | 
						|
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
 | 
						|
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
 | 
						|
** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
 | 
						|
** each recursion.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache
 | 
						|
** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
 | 
						|
** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
 | 
						|
** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
 | 
						|
** list.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Parse {
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
 | 
						|
  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
 | 
						|
  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
 | 
						|
  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
 | 
						|
  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
 | 
						|
  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
 | 
						|
  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
 | 
						|
  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
 | 
						|
  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
 | 
						|
  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
 | 
						|
  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
 | 
						|
  u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */
 | 
						|
  u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */
 | 
						|
  u8 disableVtab;      /* Disable all virtual tables for this parse */
 | 
						|
  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
 | 
						|
  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
 | 
						|
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
 | 
						|
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
 | 
						|
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
 | 
						|
  int szOpAlloc;       /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
 | 
						|
  int iSelfTab;        /* Table associated with an index on expr, or negative
 | 
						|
                       ** of the base register during check-constraint eval */
 | 
						|
  int nLabel;          /* The *negative* of the number of labels used */
 | 
						|
  int nLabelAlloc;     /* Number of slots in aLabel */
 | 
						|
  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
 | 
						|
  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
 | 
						|
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
 | 
						|
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
 | 
						|
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
 | 
						|
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
 | 
						|
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
 | 
						|
  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT stmts. Counter for Select.selId */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 | 
						|
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
 | 
						|
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
 | 
						|
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
 | 
						|
  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParentParse; /* Parent parser if this parser is nested */
 | 
						|
  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateBtree opcode on CREATE TABLE */
 | 
						|
  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
 | 
						|
  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
 | 
						|
  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
 | 
						|
  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
 | 
						|
  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
 | 
						|
  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /**************************************************************************
 | 
						|
  ** Fields above must be initialized to zero.  The fields that follow,
 | 
						|
  ** down to the beginning of the recursive section, do not need to be
 | 
						|
  ** initialized as they will be set before being used.  The boundary is
 | 
						|
  ** determined by offsetof(Parse,aTempReg).
 | 
						|
  **************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int aTempReg[8];        /* Holding area for temporary registers */
 | 
						|
  Token sNameToken;       /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /************************************************************************
 | 
						|
  ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
 | 
						|
  ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined
 | 
						|
  ** using offsetof(Parse,sLastToken) so the sLastToken field must be the
 | 
						|
  ** first field in the recursive region.
 | 
						|
  ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Token sLastToken;       /* The last token parsed */
 | 
						|
  ynVar nVar;               /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
 | 
						|
  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
 | 
						|
  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
 | 
						|
#if !(defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE))
 | 
						|
  u8 eParseMode;            /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
 | 
						|
  int addrExplain;          /* Address of current OP_Explain opcode */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  VList *pVList;            /* Mapping between variable names and numbers */
 | 
						|
  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
 | 
						|
  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
 | 
						|
  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
 | 
						|
  Index *pNewIndex;         /* An index being constructed by CREATE INDEX.
 | 
						|
                            ** Also used to hold redundant UNIQUE constraints
 | 
						|
                            ** during a RENAME COLUMN */
 | 
						|
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
 | 
						|
  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
 | 
						|
  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
 | 
						|
  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
 | 
						|
  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
 | 
						|
  With *pWithToFree;        /* Free this WITH object at the end of the parse */
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
 | 
						|
  RenameToken *pRename;     /* Tokens subject to renaming by ALTER TABLE */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_MODE_NORMAL        0
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB  1
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_MODE_RENAME        2
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_MODE_UNMAP         3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Sizes and pointers of various parts of the Parse object.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_HDR_SZ offsetof(Parse,aTempReg) /* Recursive part w/o aColCache*/
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_RECURSE_SZ offsetof(Parse,sLastToken)    /* Recursive part */
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_TAIL_SZ (sizeof(Parse)-PARSE_RECURSE_SZ) /* Non-recursive part */
 | 
						|
#define PARSE_TAIL(X) (((char*)(X))+PARSE_RECURSE_SZ)  /* Pointer to tail */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->eParseMode==PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE)
 | 
						|
  #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT 0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT (pParse->eParseMode>=PARSE_MODE_RENAME)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE)
 | 
						|
  #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE 0
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE (pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_NORMAL)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
 | 
						|
** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct AuthContext {
 | 
						|
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_LENGTHARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_BULKCSR      == BTREE_BULKLOAD
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_SEEKEQ       == BTREE_SEEK_EQ
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_FORDELETE    == BTREE_FORDELETE
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION
 | 
						|
**    OPFLAG_AUXDELETE    == BTREE_AUXDELETE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */
 | 
						|
                                     /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_NOCHNG        0x01    /* OP_VColumn nochange for UPDATE */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_EPHEM         0x01    /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x20    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_ISNOOP        0x40    /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ        0x02    /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_FORDELETE     0x08    /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x10    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION  0x02    /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE     0x04    /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */
 | 
						|
#define OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC  0x6d    /* OP_MakeRecord: serialtype 10 is ok */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 | 
						|
 * struct Trigger.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 | 
						|
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the
 | 
						|
 *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
 | 
						|
 * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
 | 
						|
 *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
 | 
						|
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 | 
						|
 *    struct Table.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 | 
						|
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
struct Trigger {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
 | 
						|
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
 | 
						|
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
 | 
						|
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
 | 
						|
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
 | 
						|
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
 | 
						|
  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
 | 
						|
** determine which.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
 | 
						|
** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
 | 
						|
#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
 | 
						|
 * that is a part of a trigger-program.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
 | 
						|
 * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the
 | 
						|
 * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
 | 
						|
 * the first step of the trigger-program.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
 | 
						|
 * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the
 | 
						|
 * value of "op" as follows:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * (op == TK_INSERT)
 | 
						|
 * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
 | 
						|
 * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
 | 
						|
 *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
 | 
						|
 * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into.
 | 
						|
 * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
 | 
						|
 *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
 | 
						|
 * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ...
 | 
						|
 *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
 | 
						|
 *              inserted into.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * (op == TK_DELETE)
 | 
						|
 * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from.
 | 
						|
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
 | 
						|
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * (op == TK_UPDATE)
 | 
						|
 * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to update.
 | 
						|
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
 | 
						|
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 | 
						|
 * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
 | 
						|
 *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
 | 
						|
 *              argument.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
struct TriggerStep {
 | 
						|
  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
 | 
						|
  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
 | 
						|
  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
 | 
						|
  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */
 | 
						|
  char *zTarget;       /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE */
 | 
						|
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
 | 
						|
  Upsert *pUpsert;     /* Upsert clauses on an INSERT */
 | 
						|
  char *zSpan;         /* Original SQL text of this command */
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
 | 
						|
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
 | 
						|
** explicit.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
 | 
						|
struct DbFixer {
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
 | 
						|
  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
 | 
						|
  u8 bTemp;           /* True for TEMP schema entries */
 | 
						|
  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
 | 
						|
  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
 | 
						|
  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
 | 
						|
** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct sqlite3_str {
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
 | 
						|
  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
 | 
						|
  u32  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
 | 
						|
  u32  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed allocation.  0 for no malloc usage */
 | 
						|
  u32  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
 | 
						|
  u8   accError;       /* SQLITE_NOMEM or SQLITE_TOOBIG */
 | 
						|
  u8   printfFlags;    /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01  /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02  /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED 0x04  /* True if xText is allocated space */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define isMalloced(X)  (((X)->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)!=0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
 | 
						|
** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
 | 
						|
  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
 | 
						|
  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
 | 
						|
  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
 | 
						|
  u32 mInitFlags;     /* Flags controlling error messages */
 | 
						|
  u32 nInitRow;       /* Number of rows processed */
 | 
						|
} InitData;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed values for mInitFlags
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define INITFLAG_AlterTable   0x0001  /* This is a reparse after ALTER TABLE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** This structure also contains some state information.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Sqlite3Config {
 | 
						|
  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
 | 
						|
  u8 bCoreMutex;                    /* True to enable core mutexing */
 | 
						|
  u8 bFullMutex;                    /* True to enable full mutexing */
 | 
						|
  u8 bOpenUri;                      /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
 | 
						|
  u8 bUseCis;                       /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
 | 
						|
  u8 bSmallMalloc;                  /* Avoid large memory allocations if true */
 | 
						|
  u8 bExtraSchemaChecks;            /* Verify type,name,tbl_name in schema */
 | 
						|
  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
 | 
						|
  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
 | 
						|
  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
 | 
						|
  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
 | 
						|
  int nStmtSpill;                   /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
 | 
						|
  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
 | 
						|
  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
 | 
						|
  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
 | 
						|
  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
 | 
						|
  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
 | 
						|
  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
 | 
						|
  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
 | 
						|
  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
 | 
						|
  u32 szPma;                        /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */
 | 
						|
  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
 | 
						|
  ** initially be zero, however. */
 | 
						|
  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
 | 
						|
  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
 | 
						|
  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
 | 
						|
  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
 | 
						|
  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
 | 
						|
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
 | 
						|
  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
 | 
						|
  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
 | 
						|
  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
 | 
						|
  void *pSqllogArg;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
 | 
						|
  /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
 | 
						|
  ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
 | 
						|
  */
 | 
						|
  void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,unsigned iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */
 | 
						|
  void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_int64 mxMemdbSize;        /* Default max memdb size */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
  int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
 | 
						|
  int iOnceResetThreshold;          /* When to reset OP_Once counters */
 | 
						|
  u32 szSorterRef;                  /* Min size in bytes to use sorter-refs */
 | 
						|
  unsigned int iPrngSeed;           /* Alternative fixed seed for the PRNG */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
 | 
						|
** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     assert( X );
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** One writes:
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
 | 
						|
** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
 | 
						|
** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
 | 
						|
** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
 | 
						|
** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Walker {
 | 
						|
  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
 | 
						|
  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
 | 
						|
  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
 | 
						|
  void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
 | 
						|
  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
 | 
						|
  u16 eCode;                                /* A small processing code */
 | 
						|
  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
 | 
						|
    NameContext *pNC;                         /* Naming context */
 | 
						|
    int n;                                    /* A counter */
 | 
						|
    int iCur;                                 /* A cursor number */
 | 
						|
    SrcList *pSrcList;                        /* FROM clause */
 | 
						|
    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;               /* Counting column references */
 | 
						|
    struct CCurHint *pCCurHint;               /* Used by codeCursorHint() */
 | 
						|
    int *aiCol;                               /* array of column indexes */
 | 
						|
    struct IdxCover *pIdxCover;               /* Check for index coverage */
 | 
						|
    struct IdxExprTrans *pIdxTrans;           /* Convert idxed expr to column */
 | 
						|
    ExprList *pGroupBy;                       /* GROUP BY clause */
 | 
						|
    Select *pSelect;                          /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */
 | 
						|
    struct WindowRewrite *pRewrite;           /* Window rewrite context */
 | 
						|
    struct WhereConst *pConst;                /* WHERE clause constants */
 | 
						|
    struct RenameCtx *pRename;                /* RENAME COLUMN context */
 | 
						|
    struct Table *pTab;                       /* Table of generated column */
 | 
						|
  } u;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Forward declarations */
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
 | 
						|
** callbacks.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
 | 
						|
#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
 | 
						|
#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
 | 
						|
** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct With {
 | 
						|
  int nCte;                       /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
 | 
						|
  With *pOuter;                   /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
 | 
						|
  struct Cte {                    /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
 | 
						|
    char *zName;                    /* Name of this CTE */
 | 
						|
    ExprList *pCols;                /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
 | 
						|
    Select *pSelect;                /* The definition of this CTE */
 | 
						|
    const char *zCteErr;            /* Error message for circular references */
 | 
						|
  } a[1];
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of
 | 
						|
** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct TreeView {
 | 
						|
  int iLevel;             /* Which level of the tree we are on */
 | 
						|
  u8  bLine[100];         /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** This object is used in various ways, most (but not all) related to window
 | 
						|
** functions.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   (1) A single instance of this structure is attached to the
 | 
						|
**       the Expr.y.pWin field for each window function in an expression tree.
 | 
						|
**       This object holds the information contained in the OVER clause,
 | 
						|
**       plus additional fields used during code generation.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   (2) All window functions in a single SELECT form a linked-list
 | 
						|
**       attached to Select.pWin.  The Window.pFunc and Window.pExpr
 | 
						|
**       fields point back to the expression that is the window function.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   (3) The terms of the WINDOW clause of a SELECT are instances of this
 | 
						|
**       object on a linked list attached to Select.pWinDefn.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
**   (4) For an aggregate function with a FILTER clause, an instance
 | 
						|
**       of this object is stored in Expr.y.pWin with eFrmType set to
 | 
						|
**       TK_FILTER. In this case the only field used is Window.pFilter.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The uses (1) and (2) are really the same Window object that just happens
 | 
						|
** to be accessible in two different ways.  Use case (3) are separate objects.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct Window {
 | 
						|
  char *zName;            /* Name of window (may be NULL) */
 | 
						|
  char *zBase;            /* Name of base window for chaining (may be NULL) */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pPartition;   /* PARTITION BY clause */
 | 
						|
  ExprList *pOrderBy;     /* ORDER BY clause */
 | 
						|
  u8 eFrmType;            /* TK_RANGE, TK_GROUPS, TK_ROWS, or 0 */
 | 
						|
  u8 eStart;              /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */
 | 
						|
  u8 eEnd;                /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */
 | 
						|
  u8 bImplicitFrame;      /* True if frame was implicitly specified */
 | 
						|
  u8 eExclude;            /* TK_NO, TK_CURRENT, TK_TIES, TK_GROUP, or 0 */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pStart;           /* Expression for "<expr> PRECEDING" */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pEnd;             /* Expression for "<expr> FOLLOWING" */
 | 
						|
  Window **ppThis;        /* Pointer to this object in Select.pWin list */
 | 
						|
  Window *pNextWin;       /* Next window function belonging to this SELECT */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pFilter;          /* The FILTER expression */
 | 
						|
  FuncDef *pFunc;         /* The function */
 | 
						|
  int iEphCsr;            /* Partition buffer or Peer buffer */
 | 
						|
  int regAccum;           /* Accumulator */
 | 
						|
  int regResult;          /* Interim result */
 | 
						|
  int csrApp;             /* Function cursor (used by min/max) */
 | 
						|
  int regApp;             /* Function register (also used by min/max) */
 | 
						|
  int regPart;            /* Array of registers for PARTITION BY values */
 | 
						|
  Expr *pOwner;           /* Expression object this window is attached to */
 | 
						|
  int nBufferCol;         /* Number of columns in buffer table */
 | 
						|
  int iArgCol;            /* Offset of first argument for this function */
 | 
						|
  int regOne;             /* Register containing constant value 1 */
 | 
						|
  int regStartRowid;
 | 
						|
  int regEndRowid;
 | 
						|
  u8 bExprArgs;           /* Defer evaluation of window function arguments
 | 
						|
                          ** due to the SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3*, Window*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowUnlinkFromSelect(Window*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowListDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p);
 | 
						|
Window *sqlite3WindowAlloc(Parse*, int, int, Expr*, int , Expr*, u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowAttach(Parse*, Expr*, Window*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowLink(Select *pSel, Window *pWin);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WindowCompare(Parse*, Window*, Window*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse*, Select*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowCodeStep(Parse*, Select*, WhereInfo*, int, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowUpdate(Parse*, Window*, Window*, FuncDef*);
 | 
						|
Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p);
 | 
						|
Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowFunctions(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WindowChain(Parse*, Window*, Window*);
 | 
						|
Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble(Parse*, Window*, ExprList*, ExprList*, Token*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3WindowDelete(a,b)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3WindowFunctions()
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3WindowAttach(a,b,c)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
 | 
						|
** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
 | 
						|
  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
 | 
						|
    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
 | 
						|
  }                                                    \
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
 | 
						|
** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
 | 
						|
** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
 | 
						|
** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
 | 
						|
** to set a debugger breakpoint.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3NomemError(int);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno);
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P))
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** FTS3 and FTS4 both require virtual table support
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
 | 
						|
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
 | 
						|
** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also call
 | 
						|
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
 | 
						|
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
 | 
						|
** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
 | 
						|
    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
 | 
						|
# include <ctype.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
 | 
						|
** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
 | 
						|
** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isquote(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x80)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3Isquote(x)   ((x)=='"'||(x)=='\''||(x)=='['||(x)=='`')
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Internal function prototypes
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
int sqlite3StrICmp(const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3Strlen30NN(C) (strlen(C)&0x3fffffff)
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column*,char*);
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3Malloc(u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DbFreeNN(sqlite3*, void*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
 | 
						|
** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
 | 
						|
** obtain space from malloc().
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
 | 
						|
** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Do not allow both MEMSYS5 and MEMSYS3 to be defined together.  If they
 | 
						|
** are, disable MEMSYS3
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
 | 
						|
const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
 | 
						|
#undef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
 | 
						|
const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier()
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3LookasideUsed(sqlite3*,int*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */
 | 
						|
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void);
 | 
						|
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(x)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
 | 
						|
# define EXP754 (((u64)0x7ff)<<52)
 | 
						|
# define MAN754 ((((u64)1)<<52)-1)
 | 
						|
# define IsNaN(X) (((X)&EXP754)==EXP754 && ((X)&MAN754)!=0)
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define IsNaN(X)         0
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
 | 
						|
** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
struct PrintfArguments {
 | 
						|
  int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */
 | 
						|
  int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */
 | 
						|
  sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 | 
						|
  void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, const char*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView*, const SrcList*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewWindow(TreeView*, const Window*, u8);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(TreeView*, const Window*, u8);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ErrorToParser(sqlite3*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3TokenInit(Token*,char*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse*,int,int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse*, Expr*, Select*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(Expr*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable(Parse*,Expr*,FuncDef*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*, u32);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(Parse*,ExprList*,IdList*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(Index*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3*, int, char**, u32);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3*,const char *zName);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*,char);
 | 
						|
Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*,char);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
 | 
						|
Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
 | 
						|
i16 sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(Index*, i16);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(T,X) (X)  /* No-op pass-through */
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(T,X) (X)  /* No-op pass-through */
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  i16 sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(Table*, i16);
 | 
						|
  i16 sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(Table*, i16);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(T,C) /* no-op */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*,Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*,const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AddGenerated(Parse*,Expr*,Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
 | 
						|
                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
 | 
						|
u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RowSetDelete(void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RowSetClear(void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3FreeIndex(sqlite3*, Index*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int, Upsert*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(Parse*, int, Table*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
 | 
						|
IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
 | 
						|
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
 | 
						|
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
 | 
						|
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
 | 
						|
                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
 | 
						|
Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
 | 
						|
                          Expr*, int, int, u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
 | 
						|
Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
 | 
						|
                         Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse*, Select*);
 | 
						|
Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,char*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*,Expr*,int,ExprList*,Expr*,
 | 
						|
                   Upsert*);
 | 
						|
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
 | 
						|
#define ONEPASS_OFF      0        /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */
 | 
						|
#define ONEPASS_SINGLE   1        /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */
 | 
						|
#define ONEPASS_MULTI    2        /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(WhereInfo*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeGeneratedColumn(Parse*, Column*, int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8);
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ECEL_REF      0x04  /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF  0x08  /* Omit if ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
 | 
						|
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
 | 
						|
#define LOCATE_VIEW    0x01
 | 
						|
#define LOCATE_NOERR   0x02
 | 
						|
Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,u32 flags,const char*, const char*);
 | 
						|
Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,u32 flags,struct SrcList_item *);
 | 
						|
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int, sqlite3_value*);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
 | 
						|
Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
u32 sqlite3IsTrueOrFalse(const char*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse*, Expr*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
 | 
						|
    Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(Expr*,int*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
 | 
						|
                                     u8,u8,int,int*,int*,Upsert*);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe*,Table*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(A,B)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
 | 
						|
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
 | 
						|
IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
 | 
						|
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
 | 
						|
FuncDef *sqlite3FunctionSearch(int,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(FuncDef*,int);
 | 
						|
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,u8,u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, ExprList*,Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
 | 
						|
                           Expr*,int, int);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
 | 
						|
  Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
 | 
						|
  Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
 | 
						|
                            int, int, int);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*,
 | 
						|
                                        const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*,
 | 
						|
                                        Select*,u8,Upsert*,
 | 
						|
                                        const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8,
 | 
						|
                                        const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*,
 | 
						|
                                        const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
 | 
						|
  u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SetJoinExpr(Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double,sqlite3_int64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
 | 
						|
u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
 | 
						|
LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
 | 
						|
LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \
 | 
						|
    defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) || \
 | 
						|
    defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS)
 | 
						|
u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
VList *sqlite3VListAdd(sqlite3*,VList*,const char*,int,int);
 | 
						|
const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList*,int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VListNameToNum(VList*,const char*,int);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
 | 
						|
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
 | 
						|
** file.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
 | 
						|
u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
 | 
						|
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following
 | 
						|
** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
 | 
						|
** the procedure for larger varints.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
 | 
						|
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
 | 
						|
#define getVarint32NR(A,B) \
 | 
						|
  B=(u32)*(A);if(B>=0x80)sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32*)&(B))
 | 
						|
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
 | 
						|
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
 | 
						|
  sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
 | 
						|
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
 | 
						|
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
 | 
						|
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
 | 
						|
char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table*,int);
 | 
						|
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3*,int);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
 | 
						|
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
 | 
						|
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MemdbInit(void);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq*);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,Expr*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3WritableSchema(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse*, const char*,const char*,const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
 | 
						|
void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8,
 | 
						|
                        void(*)(void*));
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
 | 
						|
extern const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
 | 
						|
extern const char sqlite3StrBINARY[];
 | 
						|
extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
 | 
						|
extern const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
 | 
						|
extern SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
 | 
						|
extern FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
 | 
						|
extern int sqlite3PendingByte;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
 | 
						|
extern sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3MatchEName(
 | 
						|
  const struct ExprList_item*,
 | 
						|
  const char*,
 | 
						|
  const char*,
 | 
						|
  const char*
 | 
						|
);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
 | 
						|
void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse*, void*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(Parse*, void *pTo, void *pFrom);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
 | 
						|
char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, Column*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*, sqlite3_file*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
 | 
						|
Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
 | 
						|
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
 | 
						|
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
 | 
						|
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
 | 
						|
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse*, ExprList*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
 | 
						|
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
 | 
						|
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), 
 | 
						|
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
 | 
						|
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
 | 
						|
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), 
 | 
						|
  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
 | 
						|
);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int);
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ExprCheckIN(x,y) SQLITE_OK
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
 | 
						|
    Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,int,int,int*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
 | 
						|
char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3*, Index*, int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
 | 
						|
  void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64), Parse*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ParserFallback(int);
 | 
						|
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(D,X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
 | 
						|
   int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
 | 
						|
   int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
 | 
						|
   int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(sqlite3*,Module*);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
   int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
 | 
						|
   void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
 | 
						|
   VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
 | 
						|
   Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule(
 | 
						|
     sqlite3*,
 | 
						|
     const char*,
 | 
						|
     const sqlite3_module*,
 | 
						|
     void*,
 | 
						|
     void(*)(void*)
 | 
						|
   );
 | 
						|
#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(sqlite3 *db);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3ShadowTableName(A,B) 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
 | 
						|
FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
 | 
						|
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE
 | 
						|
char *sqlite3Normalize(Vdbe*, const char*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
 | 
						|
  With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT
 | 
						|
  Upsert *sqlite3UpsertNew(sqlite3*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3UpsertDelete(sqlite3*,Upsert*);
 | 
						|
  Upsert *sqlite3UpsertDup(sqlite3*,Upsert*);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget(Parse*,SrcList*,Upsert*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(Parse*,Upsert*,Table*,Index*,int);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3UpsertNew(v,w,x,y,z) ((Upsert*)0)
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3UpsertDelete(x,y)
 | 
						|
#define sqlite3UpsertDup(x,y)       ((Upsert*)0)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
 | 
						|
** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
 | 
						|
** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
 | 
						|
** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
 | 
						|
** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is
 | 
						|
** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
 | 
						|
  u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
 | 
						|
  FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkReferences(a)        0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
 | 
						|
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
 | 
						|
** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
** is not defined.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex()
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_ROWID        1   /* Search the rowid of the table */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_EPH          2   /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC    3   /* Existing index ASCENDING */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC   4   /* Existing index DESCENDING */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_NOOP         5   /* No table available. Use comparisons */
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex().
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */
 | 
						|
#define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */
 | 
						|
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*, int*, int*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
 | 
						|
 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
 | 
						|
  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
 | 
						|
** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
 | 
						|
** print I/O tracing messages.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
 | 
						|
# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
 | 
						|
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define IOTRACE(A)
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
 | 
						|
** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
 | 
						|
** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
 | 
						|
** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
 | 
						|
** a single bit set.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
 | 
						|
** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
 | 
						|
** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
 | 
						|
** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
 | 
						|
** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
 | 
						|
** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
 | 
						|
** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
 | 
						|
** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
 | 
						|
** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
 | 
						|
** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
 | 
						|
** this constraint.
 | 
						|
**
 | 
						|
** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
 | 
						|
** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
 | 
						|
  void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
 | 
						|
  int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
 | 
						|
# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
 | 
						|
#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Heap that might have been lookaside */
 | 
						|
#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x04  /* Page cache allocations */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
** Threading interface
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 | 
						|
int sqlite3DbpageRegister(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 | 
						|
int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr);
 | 
						|
int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr*, int);
 | 
						|
Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField(Parse*,Expr*,int);
 | 
						|
void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse*, Expr*);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
 | 
						|
const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif /* SQLITEINT_H */
 |